xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision e89feee5)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 **
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
621 **
622 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
629 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
631 */
632 struct Pager {
633   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
634   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
640   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
642   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
645   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
646 
647   /**************************************************************************
648   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
650   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
653   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654   ** "configuration" of the pager.
655   */
656   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
658   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
663   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
665   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
667   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
669   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
674   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
675   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
680   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
683 
684   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
687   /*
688   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689   ***************************************************************************/
690 
691   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
696   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
699   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
700   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
704   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
705 #endif
706   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
731 
732 /*
733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
734 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
735 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
736 */
737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
741 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
742 #else
743 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
744 #endif
745 
746 
747 
748 /*
749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
750 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
751 **
752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
753 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
755 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
758 ** journal and ignore it.
759 **
760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
764 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
768 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
770 */
771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
772   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
773 };
774 
775 /*
776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
777 ** the following macro.
778 */
779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
780 
781 /*
782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
784 */
785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
791 ** out code that would never execute.
792 */
793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
794 # define MEMDB 0
795 #else
796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
797 #endif
798 
799 /*
800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
802 */
803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 #else
806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
807 #endif
808 
809 /*
810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
811 */
812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
813 
814 /*
815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 **
818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 **
820 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
821 **
822 ** instead of
823 **
824 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 */
826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
827 
828 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
829 /*
830 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
831 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
832 **
833 **   * the database file is open,
834 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
835 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
836 */
837 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
838   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
839   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
840 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
841   if( pPager->pWal ){
842     u32 iRead = 0;
843     int rc;
844     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
845     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
846   }
847 #endif
848   return 1;
849 }
850 #endif
851 
852 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
853 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
854 #else
855 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
856 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
857 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
858 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
859 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
860 #endif
861 
862 #ifndef NDEBUG
863 /*
864 ** Usage:
865 **
866 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
867 **
868 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
869 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
870 */
871 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
872   Pager *pPager = p;
873 
874   /* State must be valid. */
875   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
876        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
877        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
878        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
879        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
880        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
881        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
882   );
883 
884   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
885   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
886   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
887   */
888   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
889   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
890 
891   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
892   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
893   */
894   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
895   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
896 
897   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
898   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
899   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
900   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
901   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
902   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
903   ** state.
904   */
905   if( MEMDB ){
906     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
907     assert( p->noSync );
908     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
909          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
910     );
911     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
912     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
913   }
914 
915   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
916   ** on the file.
917   */
918   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
919   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
920 
921   switch( p->eState ){
922     case PAGER_OPEN:
923       assert( !MEMDB );
924       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
925       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
926       break;
927 
928     case PAGER_READER:
929       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
930       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
931       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
932       break;
933 
934     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
935       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
936       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
937       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
938         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
939       }
940       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
941       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
942       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
943       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
944       break;
945 
946     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
947       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
948       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
949       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
950         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
951         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
952         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
953         ** to journal_mode=wal.
954         */
955         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
956         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
957              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
958              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
959         );
960       }
961       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
962       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
963       break;
964 
965     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
966       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
967       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
968       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
969       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
970       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
971            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
972            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
973            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
974       );
975       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
976       break;
977 
978     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
979       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
980       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
981       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
982       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
983            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
984            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
985            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
986       );
987       break;
988 
989     case PAGER_ERROR:
990       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
991       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
992       ** back to OPEN state.
993       */
994       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
995       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
996       break;
997   }
998 
999   return 1;
1000 }
1001 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
1002 
1003 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1004 /*
1005 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
1006 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
1007 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
1008 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
1009 **
1010 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
1011 **
1012 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
1013 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
1014 ** not appear in normal builds.
1015 */
1016 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1017   static char zRet[1024];
1018 
1019   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1020       "Filename:      %s\n"
1021       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1022       "Lock:          %s\n"
1023       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1024       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1025       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1026       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1027       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1028       , p->zFilename
1029       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1030         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1031         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1032         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1033         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1034         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1035         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1036       , (int)p->errCode
1037       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1038         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1039         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1040         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1041         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1042       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1043       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1044         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1045         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1046         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1047         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1048         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1049       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1050       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1051       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1052   );
1053 
1054   return zRet;
1055 }
1056 #endif
1057 
1058 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1059 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1060 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1061 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1062 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1063 #endif
1064 
1065 /*
1066 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1067 ** content from the pager.
1068 */
1069 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1070   if( pPager->errCode ){
1071     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1072 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1073   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1074 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1075    && pPager->xCodec==0
1076 #endif
1077   ){
1078     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1079 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1080   }else{
1081     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1082   }
1083 }
1084 
1085 /*
1086 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1087 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1088 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1089 **
1090 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1091 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1092 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1093 */
1094 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1095   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1096   PagerSavepoint *p;
1097   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1098   int i;
1099   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1100     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1101     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1102       return 1;
1103     }
1104   }
1105   return 0;
1106 }
1107 
1108 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1109 /*
1110 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1111 */
1112 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1113   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1114 }
1115 #endif
1116 
1117 /*
1118 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1119 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1120 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1121 **
1122 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1123 */
1124 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1125   unsigned char ac[4];
1126   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1127   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1128     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1129   }
1130   return rc;
1131 }
1132 
1133 /*
1134 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1135 */
1136 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1137 
1138 
1139 /*
1140 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1141 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1142 */
1143 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1144   char ac[4];
1145   put32bits(ac, val);
1146   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1147 }
1148 
1149 /*
1150 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1151 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1152 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1153 **
1154 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1155 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1156 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1157 */
1158 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1159   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1160 
1161   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1162   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1163   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1164   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1165     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1166     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1167     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1168       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1169     }
1170     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1171   }
1172   return rc;
1173 }
1174 
1175 /*
1176 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1177 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1178 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1179 **
1180 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1181 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1182 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1183 ** of this.
1184 */
1185 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1186   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1187 
1188   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1189   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1190     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1191     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1192       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1193       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1194     }
1195   }
1196   return rc;
1197 }
1198 
1199 /*
1200 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1201 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1202 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1203 **
1204 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1205 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1206 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1207 **      to the page size.
1208 **
1209 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1210 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1211 **
1212 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1213 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1214 ** returned in this case.
1215 **
1216 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1217 */
1218 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1219   assert( !MEMDB );
1220 
1221 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1222  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1223   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1224 
1225   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1226   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1227 #else
1228   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1229 #endif
1230 
1231 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1232   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1233     return -1;
1234   }
1235 #endif
1236 
1237 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1238   {
1239     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1240     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1241 
1242     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1243     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1244     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1245       return 0;
1246     }
1247   }
1248 
1249   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1250 #endif
1251 
1252   return 0;
1253 }
1254 
1255 /*
1256 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1257 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1258 ** and debugging only.
1259 */
1260 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1261 /*
1262 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1263 */
1264 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1265   u32 hash = 0;
1266   int i;
1267   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1268     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1269   }
1270   return hash;
1271 }
1272 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1273   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1274 }
1275 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1276   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1277 }
1278 
1279 /*
1280 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1281 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1282 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1283 */
1284 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1285 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1286   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1287   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1288   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1289 }
1290 
1291 #else
1292 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1293 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1294 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1295 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1296 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1297 
1298 /*
1299 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1300 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1301 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1302 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1303 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1304 **
1305 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1306 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1307 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1308 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1309 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1310 ** were present in the journal.
1311 **
1312 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1313 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1314 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1315 ** journal file name.
1316 **
1317 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1318 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1319 **
1320 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1321 ** error code is returned.
1322 */
1323 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1324   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1325   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1326   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1327   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1328   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1329   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1330   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1331 
1332   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1333    || szJ<16
1334    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1335    || len>=nMaster
1336    || len>szJ-16
1337    || len==0
1338    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1339    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1340    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1341    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1342   ){
1343     return rc;
1344   }
1345 
1346   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1347   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1348     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1349   }
1350   if( cksum ){
1351     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1352     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1353     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1354     ** master-journal filename.
1355     */
1356     len = 0;
1357   }
1358   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1359 
1360   return SQLITE_OK;
1361 }
1362 
1363 /*
1364 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1365 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1366 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1367 **
1368 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1369 **
1370 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1371 **   ---------------------------------------
1372 **   0                         0
1373 **   512                       512
1374 **   100                       512
1375 **   2000                      2048
1376 **
1377 */
1378 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1379   i64 offset = 0;
1380   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1381   if( c ){
1382     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1383   }
1384   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1385   assert( offset>=c );
1386   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1387   return offset;
1388 }
1389 
1390 /*
1391 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1392 **
1393 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1394 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1395 **
1396 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1397 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1398 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1399 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1400 ** after writing or truncating it.
1401 **
1402 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1403 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1404 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1405 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1406 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1407 **
1408 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1409 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1410 */
1411 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1412   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1413   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1414   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1415   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1416     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1417 
1418     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1419     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1420       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1421     }else{
1422       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1423       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1424     }
1425     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1426       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1427     }
1428 
1429     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1430     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1431     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1432     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1433     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1434     */
1435     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1436       i64 sz;
1437       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1438       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1439         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1440       }
1441     }
1442   }
1443   return rc;
1444 }
1445 
1446 /*
1447 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1448 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1449 ** current location.
1450 **
1451 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1452 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1453 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1454 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1455 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1456 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1457 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1458 **
1459 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1460 */
1461 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1462   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1463   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1464   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1465   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1466   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1467 
1468   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1469 
1470   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1471     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1472   }
1473 
1474   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1475   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1476   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1477   */
1478   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1479     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1480       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1481     }
1482   }
1483 
1484   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1485 
1486   /*
1487   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1488   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1489   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1490   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1491   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1492   **
1493   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1494   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1495   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1496   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1497   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1498   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1499   **
1500   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1501   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1502   **
1503   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1504   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1505   */
1506   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1507   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1508    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1509   ){
1510     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1511     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1512   }else{
1513     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1514   }
1515 
1516   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1517   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1518   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1519   /* The initial database size */
1520   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1521   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1522   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1523 
1524   /* The page size */
1525   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1526 
1527   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1528   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1529   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1530   ** take the performance hit.
1531   */
1532   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1533          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1534 
1535   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1536   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1537   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1538   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1539   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1540   **
1541   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1542   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1543   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1544   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1545   ** is done.
1546   **
1547   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1548   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1549   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1550   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1551   */
1552   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1553     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1554     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1555     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1556     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1557   }
1558 
1559   return rc;
1560 }
1561 
1562 /*
1563 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1564 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1565 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1566 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1567 ** a description of the journal header format.
1568 **
1569 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1570 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1571 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1572 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1573 ** in this case.
1574 **
1575 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1576 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1577 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1578 */
1579 static int readJournalHdr(
1580   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1581   int isHot,
1582   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1583   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1584   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1585 ){
1586   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1587   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1588   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1589 
1590   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1591 
1592   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1593   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1594   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1595   */
1596   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1597   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1598     return SQLITE_DONE;
1599   }
1600   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1601 
1602   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1603   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1604   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1605   ** proceed.
1606   */
1607   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1608     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1609     if( rc ){
1610       return rc;
1611     }
1612     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1613       return SQLITE_DONE;
1614     }
1615   }
1616 
1617   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1618   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1619   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1620   */
1621   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1622    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1623    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1624   ){
1625     return rc;
1626   }
1627 
1628   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1629     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1630     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1631 
1632     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1633     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1634      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1635     ){
1636       return rc;
1637     }
1638 
1639     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1640     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1641     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1642     */
1643     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1644       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1645     }
1646 
1647     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1648     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1649     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1650     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1651     */
1652     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1653      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1654      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1655     ){
1656       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1657       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1658       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1659       ** the journal file here.
1660       */
1661       return SQLITE_DONE;
1662     }
1663 
1664     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1665     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1666     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1667     */
1668     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1669     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1670 
1671     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1672     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1673     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1674     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1675     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1676     */
1677     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1678   }
1679 
1680   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1681   return rc;
1682 }
1683 
1684 
1685 /*
1686 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1687 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1688 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1689 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1690 ** anything is written. The format is:
1691 **
1692 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1693 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1694 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1695 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1696 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1697 **
1698 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1699 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1700 **
1701 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1702 ** this call is a no-op.
1703 */
1704 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1705   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1706   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1707   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1708   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1709   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1710 
1711   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1712   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1713 
1714   if( !zMaster
1715    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1716    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1717   ){
1718     return SQLITE_OK;
1719   }
1720   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1721   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1722 
1723   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1724   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1725     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1726   }
1727 
1728   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1729   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1730   ** the journal has already been synced.
1731   */
1732   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1733     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1734   }
1735   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1736 
1737   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1738   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1739   */
1740   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1741    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1742    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1743    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1744    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1745                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1746   ){
1747     return rc;
1748   }
1749   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1750 
1751   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1752   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1753   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1754   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1755   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1756   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1757   **
1758   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1759   ** file to the required size.
1760   */
1761   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1762    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1763   ){
1764     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1765   }
1766   return rc;
1767 }
1768 
1769 /*
1770 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1771 */
1772 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1773   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1774   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1775   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1776 }
1777 
1778 /*
1779 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1780 */
1781 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1782   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1783 }
1784 
1785 /*
1786 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1787 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1788 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1789 */
1790 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1791   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1792   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1793     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1794   }
1795   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1796     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1797   }
1798   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1799   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1800   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1801   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1802 }
1803 
1804 /*
1805 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1806 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1807 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1808 */
1809 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1810   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1811   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1812 
1813   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1814     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1815     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1816       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1817       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1818       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1819     }
1820   }
1821   return rc;
1822 }
1823 
1824 /*
1825 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1826 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1827 ** state.
1828 **
1829 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1830 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1831 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1832 ** closed (if it is open).
1833 **
1834 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1835 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1836 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1837 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1838 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1839 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1840 */
1841 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1842 
1843   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1844        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1845        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1846   );
1847 
1848   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1849   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1850   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1851 
1852   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1853     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1854     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1855     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1856   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1857     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1858     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1859 
1860     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1861     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1862     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1863     ** out from under us.
1864     */
1865     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1866     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1867     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1868     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1869     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1870     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1871     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1872      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1873     ){
1874       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1875     }
1876 
1877     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1878     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1879     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1880     ** is necessary.
1881     */
1882     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1883     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1884       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1885     }
1886 
1887     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1888     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1889     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1890     */
1891     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1892     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1893     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1894   }
1895 
1896   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1897   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1898   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1899   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1900   */
1901   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1902   if( pPager->errCode ){
1903     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1904       pager_reset(pPager);
1905       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1906       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1907     }else{
1908       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1909     }
1910     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1911     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1912     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1913   }
1914 
1915   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1916   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1917   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1918 }
1919 
1920 /*
1921 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1922 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1923 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1924 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1925 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1926 **
1927 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1928 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1929 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1930 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1931 **
1932 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1933 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1934 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1935 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1936 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1937 ** it were a hot-journal).
1938 */
1939 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1940   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1941   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1942   assert(
1943        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1944        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1945        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1946   );
1947   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1948     pPager->errCode = rc;
1949     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1950     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1951   }
1952   return rc;
1953 }
1954 
1955 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1956 
1957 /*
1958 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1959 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1960 **
1961 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1962 **
1963 ** Rules:
1964 **
1965 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1966 **      for transactions to be durable.
1967 **
1968 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1969 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1970 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1971 **      cache size.
1972 */
1973 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1974   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1975   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1976   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1977   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1978 }
1979 
1980 /*
1981 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1982 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1983 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1984 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1985 ** database transaction.
1986 **
1987 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1988 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1989 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1990 **
1991 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1992 **
1993 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1994 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1995 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1996 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1997 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1998 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1999 **
2000 **   journalMode==MEMORY
2001 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
2002 **     in-memory journal.
2003 **
2004 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
2005 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
2006 **
2007 **   journalMode==PERSIST
2008 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
2009 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
2010 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
2011 **
2012 **   journalMode==DELETE
2013 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
2014 **
2015 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2016 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2017 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2018 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2019 **
2020 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2021 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2022 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2023 **
2024 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2025 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2026 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2027 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2028 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2029 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2030 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2031 ** returned.
2032 */
2033 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2034   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2035   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2036 
2037   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2038   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2039   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2040   ** held under two circumstances:
2041   **
2042   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2043   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2044   **
2045   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2046   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2047   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2048   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2049   */
2050   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2051   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2052   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2053     return SQLITE_OK;
2054   }
2055 
2056   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2057   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2058       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2059   );
2060   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2061     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2062 
2063     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2064     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2065       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2066       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2067     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2068       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2069         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2070       }else{
2071         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2072         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2073           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2074           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2075           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2076           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2077           */
2078           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2079         }
2080       }
2081       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2082     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2083       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2084     ){
2085       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2086       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2087     }else{
2088       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2089       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2090       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2091       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2092       */
2093       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2094       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2095       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2096            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2097            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2098       );
2099       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2100       if( bDelete ){
2101         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2102       }
2103     }
2104   }
2105 
2106 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2107   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2108   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2109     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2110     if( p ){
2111       p->pageHash = 0;
2112       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2113     }
2114   }
2115 #endif
2116 
2117   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2118   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2119   pPager->nRec = 0;
2120   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2121     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2122       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2123     }else{
2124       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2125     }
2126     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2127   }
2128 
2129   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2130     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2131     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2132     ** lock held on the database file.
2133     */
2134     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2135     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2136   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2137     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2138     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2139     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2140     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2141     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2142     ** required size.  */
2143     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2144     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2145   }
2146 
2147   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2148     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2149     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2150   }
2151 
2152   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2153    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2154   ){
2155     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2156     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2157   }
2158   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2159   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2160 
2161   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2162 }
2163 
2164 /*
2165 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2166 ** database file.
2167 **
2168 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2169 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2170 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2171 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2172 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2173 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2174 ** will roll it back.
2175 **
2176 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2177 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2178 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2179 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2180 */
2181 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2182   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2183     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2184     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2185       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2186       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2187       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2188     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2189       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2190       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2191     }
2192   }
2193   pager_unlock(pPager);
2194 }
2195 
2196 /*
2197 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2198 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2199 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2200 **
2201 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2202 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2203 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2204 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2205 **
2206 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2207 ** incompatible journal file format.
2208 **
2209 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2210 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2211 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2212 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2213 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2214 */
2215 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2216   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2217   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2218   while( i>0 ){
2219     cksum += aData[i];
2220     i -= 200;
2221   }
2222   return cksum;
2223 }
2224 
2225 /*
2226 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2227 ** to the codec.
2228 */
2229 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2230 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2231   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2232     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2233                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2234   }
2235 }
2236 #else
2237 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2238 #endif
2239 
2240 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2241 /*
2242 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2243 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2244 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2245 */
2246 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2247   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2248     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2249     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2250   }
2251 }
2252 #endif
2253 
2254 /*
2255 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2256 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2257 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2258 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2259 **
2260 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2261 ** not.
2262 **
2263 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2264 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2265 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2266 **
2267 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2268 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2269 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2270 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2271 ** prior to returning.
2272 **
2273 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2274 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2275 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2276 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2277 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2278 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2279 ** two circumstances:
2280 **
2281 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2282 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2283 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2284 **
2285 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2286 **
2287 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2288 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2289 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2290 */
2291 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2292   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2293   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2294   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2295   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2296   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2297 ){
2298   int rc;
2299   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2300   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2301   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2302   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2303   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2304   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2305 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2306   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2307   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2308   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2309 #endif
2310 
2311   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2312   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2313   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2314   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2315 
2316   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2317   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2318   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2319 
2320   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2321   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2322   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2323   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2324   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2325   */
2326   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2327        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2328   );
2329   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2330 
2331   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2332   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2333   */
2334   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2335   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2336   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2337   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2338   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2339   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2340 
2341   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2342   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2343   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2344   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2345   */
2346   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2347     assert( !isSavepnt );
2348     return SQLITE_DONE;
2349   }
2350   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2351     return SQLITE_OK;
2352   }
2353   if( isMainJrnl ){
2354     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2355     if( rc ) return rc;
2356     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2357       return SQLITE_DONE;
2358     }
2359   }
2360 
2361   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2362   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2363   */
2364   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2365     return rc;
2366   }
2367 
2368   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2369   */
2370   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2371     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2372     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2373   }
2374 
2375   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2376   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2377   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2378   **
2379   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2380   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2381   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2382   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2383   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2384   ** assert()able.
2385   **
2386   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2387   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2388   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2389   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2390   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2391   **
2392   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2393   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2394   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2395   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2396   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2397   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2398   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2399   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2400   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2401   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2402   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2403   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2404   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2405   **
2406   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2407   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2408   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2409   */
2410   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2411     pPg = 0;
2412   }else{
2413     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2414   }
2415   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2416   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2417   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2418            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2419            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2420   ));
2421   if( isMainJrnl ){
2422     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2423   }else{
2424     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2425   }
2426   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2427    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2428    && isSynced
2429   ){
2430     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2431     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2432     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2433 
2434     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2435     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2436     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2437     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2438     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2439     ** file.  */
2440 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2441     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2442       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2443       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2444       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2445     }else
2446 #endif
2447     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2448 
2449     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2450       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2451     }
2452     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2453 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2454       if( jrnlEnc ){
2455         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2456         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2457         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2458       }else
2459 #endif
2460       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2461     }
2462   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2463     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2464     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2465     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2466     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2467     ** current.
2468     **
2469     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2470     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2471     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2472     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2473     **
2474     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2475     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2476     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2477     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2478     */
2479     assert( isSavepnt );
2480     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2481     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2482     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2483     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2484     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2485     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2486     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2487   }
2488   if( pPg ){
2489     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2490     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2491     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2492     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2493     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2494     */
2495     void *pData;
2496     pData = pPg->pData;
2497     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2498     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2499     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2500     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2501     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2502     ** has been removed. */
2503     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2504 
2505     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2506     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2507     if( pgno==1 ){
2508       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2509     }
2510 
2511     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2512 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2513     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2514 #endif
2515     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2516   }
2517   return rc;
2518 }
2519 
2520 /*
2521 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2522 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2523 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2524 ** and does so if it is.
2525 **
2526 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2527 ** available for use within this function.
2528 **
2529 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2530 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2531 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2532 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2533 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2534 **
2535 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2536 **
2537 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2538 ** journals have been rolled back.
2539 **
2540 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2541 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2542 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2543 **
2544 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2545 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2546 **     file zMaster
2547 **
2548 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2549 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2550 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2551 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2552 **
2553 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2554 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2555 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2556 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2557 **
2558 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2559 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2560 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2561 ** size.
2562 */
2563 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2564   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2565   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2566   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2567   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2568   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2569   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2570   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2571   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2572   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2573 
2574   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2575   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2576   */
2577   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2578   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2579   if( !pMaster ){
2580     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2581   }else{
2582     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2583     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2584   }
2585   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2586 
2587   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2588   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2589   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2590   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2591   */
2592   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2593   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2594   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2595   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2596   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2597     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2598     goto delmaster_out;
2599   }
2600   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2601   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2602   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2603   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2604 
2605   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2606   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2607     int exists;
2608     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2609     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2610       goto delmaster_out;
2611     }
2612     if( exists ){
2613       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2614       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2615       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2616       */
2617       int c;
2618       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2619       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2620       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2621         goto delmaster_out;
2622       }
2623 
2624       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2625       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2626       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2627         goto delmaster_out;
2628       }
2629 
2630       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2631       if( c ){
2632         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2633         goto delmaster_out;
2634       }
2635     }
2636     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2637   }
2638 
2639   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2640   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2641 
2642 delmaster_out:
2643   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2644   if( pMaster ){
2645     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2646     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2647     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2648   }
2649   return rc;
2650 }
2651 
2652 
2653 /*
2654 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2655 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2656 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2657 **
2658 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2659 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2660 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2661 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2662 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2663 **
2664 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2665 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2666 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2667 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2668 ** the end of the new file instead.
2669 **
2670 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2671 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2672 */
2673 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2674   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2675   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2676   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2677 
2678   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2679    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2680   ){
2681     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2682     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2683     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2684     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2685     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2686     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2687     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2688       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2689         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2690       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2691         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2692         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2693         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2694         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2695         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2696       }
2697       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2698         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2699       }
2700     }
2701   }
2702   return rc;
2703 }
2704 
2705 /*
2706 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2707 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2708 */
2709 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2710   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2711   if( iRet<32 ){
2712     iRet = 512;
2713   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2714     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2715     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2716   }
2717   return iRet;
2718 }
2719 
2720 /*
2721 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2722 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2723 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2724 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2725 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2726 **
2727 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2728 **
2729 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2730 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2731 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2732 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2733 **
2734 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2735 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2736 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2737 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2738 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2739 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2740 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2741 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2742 */
2743 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2744   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2745 
2746   if( pPager->tempFile
2747    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2748               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2749   ){
2750     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2751     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2752     ** call will segfault. */
2753     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2754   }else{
2755     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2756   }
2757 }
2758 
2759 /*
2760 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2761 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2762 **
2763 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2764 **
2765 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2766 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2767 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2768 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2769 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2770 **       sanity checksum.
2771 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2772 **       database to during a rollback.
2773 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2774 **       is this many bytes in size.
2775 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2776 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2777 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2778 **        +  4 byte page number.
2779 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2780 **        +  4 byte checksum
2781 **
2782 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2783 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2784 **
2785 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2786 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2787 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2788 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2789 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2790 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2791 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2792 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2793 **
2794 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2795 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2796 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2797 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2798 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2799 **
2800 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2801 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2802 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2803 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2804 ** been encountered.
2805 **
2806 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2807 ** and an error code is returned.
2808 **
2809 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2810 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2811 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2812 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2813 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2814 ** needed.
2815 */
2816 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2817   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2818   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2819   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2820   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2821   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2822   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2823   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2824   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2825   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2826   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2827   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2828 
2829   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2830   ** the journal is empty.
2831   */
2832   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2833   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2834   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2835     goto end_playback;
2836   }
2837 
2838   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2839   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2840   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2841   ** played back.
2842   **
2843   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2844   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2845   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2846   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2847   ** for pageSize.
2848   */
2849   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2850   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2851   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2852     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2853   }
2854   zMaster = 0;
2855   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2856     goto end_playback;
2857   }
2858   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2859   needPagerReset = isHot;
2860 
2861   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2862   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2863   ** occurs.
2864   */
2865   while( 1 ){
2866     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2867     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2868     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2869     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2870     */
2871     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2872     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2873       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2874         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2875       }
2876       goto end_playback;
2877     }
2878 
2879     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2880     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2881     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2882     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2883     */
2884     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2885       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2886       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2887     }
2888 
2889     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2890     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2891     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2892     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2893     ** size of the file.
2894     **
2895     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2896     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2897     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2898     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2899     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2900     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2901     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2902     */
2903     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2904         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2905       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2906     }
2907 
2908     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2909     ** database file back to its original size.
2910     */
2911     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2912       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2913       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2914         goto end_playback;
2915       }
2916       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2917     }
2918 
2919     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2920     ** database file and/or page cache.
2921     */
2922     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2923       if( needPagerReset ){
2924         pager_reset(pPager);
2925         needPagerReset = 0;
2926       }
2927       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2928       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2929         nPlayback++;
2930       }else{
2931         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2932           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2933           break;
2934         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2935           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2936           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2937           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2938           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2939           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2940           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2941           goto end_playback;
2942         }else{
2943           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2944           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2945           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2946           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2947           */
2948           goto end_playback;
2949         }
2950       }
2951     }
2952   }
2953   /*NOTREACHED*/
2954   assert( 0 );
2955 
2956 end_playback:
2957   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2958     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2959   }
2960   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2961   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2962   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2963   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2964   */
2965 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2966   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2967 #endif
2968 
2969   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2970   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2971   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2972   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2973   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2974   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2975   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2976   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2977   */
2978   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2979 
2980   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2981     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2982     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2983     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2984   }
2985   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2986    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2987   ){
2988     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2989   }
2990   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2991     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2992     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2993   }
2994   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2995     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2996     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2997     */
2998     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2999     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
3000   }
3001   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
3002     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
3003                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
3004   }
3005 
3006   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
3007   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
3008   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
3009   */
3010   setSectorSize(pPager);
3011   return rc;
3012 }
3013 
3014 
3015 /*
3016 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3017 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3018 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3019 ** file before this function is called.
3020 **
3021 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3022 ** the value read from the database file.
3023 **
3024 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3025 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3026 */
3027 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3028   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3029   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
3030 
3031 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3032   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3033 
3034   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3035   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3036 
3037   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3038     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3039     if( rc ) return rc;
3040   }
3041   if( iFrame ){
3042     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3043   }else
3044 #endif
3045   {
3046     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3047     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3048     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3049       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3050     }
3051   }
3052 
3053   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3054     if( rc ){
3055       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3056       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3057       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3058       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3059       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3060       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3061       **
3062       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3063       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3064       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3065       ** we should still be ok.
3066       */
3067       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3068     }else{
3069       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3070       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3071     }
3072   }
3073   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3074 
3075   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3076   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3077   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3078   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3079                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3080 
3081   return rc;
3082 }
3083 
3084 /*
3085 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3086 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3087 **
3088 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3089 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3090 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3091 */
3092 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3093   u32 change_counter;
3094 
3095   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3096   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3097   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3098 
3099   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3100   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3101   ** is valid. */
3102   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3103   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3104 }
3105 
3106 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3107 /*
3108 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3109 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3110 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3111 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3112 **
3113 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3114 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3115 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3116 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3117 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3118 */
3119 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3120   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3121   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3122   PgHdr *pPg;
3123 
3124   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3125   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3126   if( pPg ){
3127     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3128       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3129     }else{
3130       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3131       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3132         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3133       }
3134       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3135     }
3136   }
3137 
3138   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3139   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3140   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3141   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3142   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3143   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3144   ** the backups must be restarted.
3145   */
3146   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3147 
3148   return rc;
3149 }
3150 
3151 /*
3152 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3153 */
3154 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3155   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3156   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3157 
3158   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3159   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3160   ** following:
3161   **
3162   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3163   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3164   */
3165   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3166   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3167   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3168   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3169     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3170     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3171     pList = pNext;
3172   }
3173 
3174   return rc;
3175 }
3176 
3177 /*
3178 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3179 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3180 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3181 ** changed.
3182 **
3183 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3184 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3185 */
3186 static int pagerWalFrames(
3187   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3188   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3189   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3190   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3191 ){
3192   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3193   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3194   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3195 
3196   assert( pPager->pWal );
3197   assert( pList );
3198 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3199   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3200   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3201     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3202   }
3203 #endif
3204 
3205   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3206   if( isCommit ){
3207     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3208     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3209     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3210     ** list here. */
3211     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3212     nList = 0;
3213     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3214       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3215         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3216         nList++;
3217       }
3218     }
3219     assert( pList );
3220   }else{
3221     nList = 1;
3222   }
3223   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3224 
3225   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3226   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3227       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3228   );
3229   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3230     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3231       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3232     }
3233   }
3234 
3235 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3236   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3237   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3238     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3239   }
3240 #endif
3241 
3242   return rc;
3243 }
3244 
3245 /*
3246 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3247 **
3248 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3249 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3250 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3251 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3252 */
3253 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3254   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3255   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3256 
3257   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3258   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3259 
3260   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3261   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3262   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3263   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3264   */
3265   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3266 
3267   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3268   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3269     pager_reset(pPager);
3270     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3271   }
3272 
3273   return rc;
3274 }
3275 #endif
3276 
3277 /*
3278 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3279 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3280 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3281 **
3282 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3283 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3284 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3285 */
3286 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3287   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3288 
3289   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3290   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3291   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3292   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3293   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3294   */
3295   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3296   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3297   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3298   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3299   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3300 
3301   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3302   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3303   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3304   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3305   */
3306   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3307     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3308     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3309     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3310       return rc;
3311     }
3312     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3313   }
3314 
3315   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3316   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3317   ** that the file can be read.
3318   */
3319   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3320     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3321   }
3322 
3323   *pnPage = nPage;
3324   return SQLITE_OK;
3325 }
3326 
3327 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3328 /*
3329 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3330 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3331 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3332 **
3333 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3334 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3335 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3336 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3337 **
3338 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3339 **
3340 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3341 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3342 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3343 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3344 ** other connection.
3345 */
3346 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3347   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3348   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3349   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3350 
3351   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3352     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3353     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3354         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3355     );
3356     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3357       if( isWal ){
3358         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3359 
3360         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3361         if( rc ) return rc;
3362         if( nPage==0 ){
3363           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3364         }else{
3365           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3366           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3367         }
3368       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3369         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3370       }
3371     }
3372   }
3373   return rc;
3374 }
3375 #endif
3376 
3377 /*
3378 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3379 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3380 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3381 ** savepoint.
3382 **
3383 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3384 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3385 ** performed in the order specified:
3386 **
3387 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3388 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3389 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3390 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3391 **
3392 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3393 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3394 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3395 **
3396 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3397 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3398 **     the journal file.
3399 **
3400 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3401 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3402 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3403 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3404 **
3405 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3406 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3407 **
3408 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3409 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3410 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3411 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3412 */
3413 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3414   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3415   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3416   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3417   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3418 
3419   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3420   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3421 
3422   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3423   if( pSavepoint ){
3424     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3425     if( !pDone ){
3426       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3427     }
3428   }
3429 
3430   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3431   ** being reverted was opened.
3432   */
3433   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3434   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3435 
3436   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3437     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3438   }
3439 
3440   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3441   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3442   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3443   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3444   */
3445   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3446   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3447 
3448   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3449   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3450   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3451   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3452   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3453   ** are played back.
3454   */
3455   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3456     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3457     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3458     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3459       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3460     }
3461     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3462   }else{
3463     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3464   }
3465 
3466   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3467   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3468   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3469   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3470   */
3471   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3472     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3473     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3474     u32 dummy;
3475     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3476     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3477 
3478     /*
3479     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3480     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3481     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3482     */
3483     if( nJRec==0
3484      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3485     ){
3486       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3487     }
3488     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3489       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3490     }
3491     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3492   }
3493   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3494 
3495   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3496   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3497   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3498   */
3499   if( pSavepoint ){
3500     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3501     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3502 
3503     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3504       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3505     }
3506     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3507       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3508       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3509     }
3510     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3511   }
3512 
3513   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3514   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3515     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3516   }
3517 
3518   return rc;
3519 }
3520 
3521 /*
3522 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3523 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3524 */
3525 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3526   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3527 }
3528 
3529 /*
3530 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3531 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3532 */
3533 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3534   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3535 }
3536 
3537 /*
3538 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3539 */
3540 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3541 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3542   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3543   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3544     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3545     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3546     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3547     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3548     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3549   }
3550 #endif
3551 }
3552 
3553 /*
3554 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3555 */
3556 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3557   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3558   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3559 }
3560 
3561 /*
3562 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3563 */
3564 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3565   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3566 }
3567 
3568 /*
3569 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3570 **
3571 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3572 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3573 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3574 ** There are four levels:
3575 **
3576 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3577 **              for temporary and transient files.
3578 **
3579 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3580 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3581 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3582 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3583 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3584 **              when it is rolled back.
3585 **
3586 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3587 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3588 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3589 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3590 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3591 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3592 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3593 **
3594 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3595 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3596 **              journal is unlinked.
3597 **
3598 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3599 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3600 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3601 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3602 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3603 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3604 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3605 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3606 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3607 **
3608 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3609 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3610 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3611 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3612 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3613 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3614 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3615 **
3616 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3617 ** and FULL=3.
3618 */
3619 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3620 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3621   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3622   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3623 ){
3624   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3625   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3626     pPager->noSync = 1;
3627     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3628     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3629   }else{
3630     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3631     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3632     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3633   }
3634   if( pPager->noSync ){
3635     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3636   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3637     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3638   }else{
3639     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3640   }
3641   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3642   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3643     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3644   }
3645   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3646     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3647   }
3648   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3649     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3650   }else{
3651     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3652   }
3653 }
3654 #endif
3655 
3656 /*
3657 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3658 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3659 ** testing and analysis only.
3660 */
3661 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3662 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3663 #endif
3664 
3665 /*
3666 ** Open a temporary file.
3667 **
3668 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3669 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3670 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3671 **
3672 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3673 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3674 **
3675 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3676 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3677 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3678 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3679 */
3680 static int pagerOpentemp(
3681   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3682   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3683   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3684 ){
3685   int rc;               /* Return code */
3686 
3687 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3688   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3689 #endif
3690 
3691   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3692             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3693   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3694   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3695   return rc;
3696 }
3697 
3698 /*
3699 ** Set the busy handler function.
3700 **
3701 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3702 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3703 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3704 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3705 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3706 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3707 **
3708 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3709 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3710 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3711 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3712 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3713 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3714 **
3715 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3716 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3717 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3718 */
3719 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3720   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3721   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3722   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3723 ){
3724   void **ap;
3725   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3726   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3727   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3728   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3729   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3730   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3731 }
3732 
3733 /*
3734 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3735 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3736 **
3737 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3738 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3739 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3740 **
3741 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3742 **
3743 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3744 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3745 **
3746 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3747 **
3748 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3749 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3750 **
3751 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3752 **
3753 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3754 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3755 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3756 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3757 **
3758 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3759 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3760 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3761 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3762 */
3763 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3764   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3765 
3766   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3767   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3768   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3769   **
3770   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3771   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3772   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3773   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3774   */
3775 
3776   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3777   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3778   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3779    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3780    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3781   ){
3782     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3783     i64 nByte = 0;
3784 
3785     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3786       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3787     }
3788     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3789       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3790       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3791     }
3792 
3793     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3794       pager_reset(pPager);
3795       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3796     }
3797     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3798       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3799       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3800       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3801       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3802     }else{
3803       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3804     }
3805   }
3806 
3807   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3808   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3809     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3810     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3811     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3812     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3813     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3814   }
3815   return rc;
3816 }
3817 
3818 /*
3819 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3820 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3821 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3822 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3823 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3824 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3825 */
3826 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3827   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3828 }
3829 
3830 /*
3831 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3832 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3833 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3834 **
3835 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3836 */
3837 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3838   if( mxPage>0 ){
3839     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3840   }
3841   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3842   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3843   return pPager->mxPgno;
3844 }
3845 
3846 /*
3847 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3848 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3849 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3850 **
3851 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3852 ** and generate no code.
3853 */
3854 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3855 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3856 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3857 static int saved_cnt;
3858 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3859   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3860   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3861 }
3862 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3863   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3864 }
3865 #else
3866 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3867 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3868 #endif
3869 
3870 /*
3871 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3872 ** that pDest points to.
3873 **
3874 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3875 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3876 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3877 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3878 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3879 **
3880 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3881 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3882 ** output buffer undefined.
3883 */
3884 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3885   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3886   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3887   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3888 
3889   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3890   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3891   ** to WAL mode yet.
3892   */
3893   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3894 
3895   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3896     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3897     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3898     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3899       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3900     }
3901   }
3902   return rc;
3903 }
3904 
3905 /*
3906 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3907 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3908 **
3909 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3910 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3911 */
3912 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3913   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3914   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3915   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3916 }
3917 
3918 
3919 /*
3920 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3921 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3922 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3923 **
3924 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3925 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3926 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3927 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3928 **
3929 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3930 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3931 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3932 */
3933 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3934   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3935 
3936   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3937   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3938   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3939   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3940   */
3941   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3942        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3943        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3944   );
3945 
3946   do {
3947     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3948   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3949   return rc;
3950 }
3951 
3952 /*
3953 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3954 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3955 **
3956 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3957 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3958 **
3959 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3960 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3961 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3962 **
3963 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3964 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3965 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3966 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3967 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3968 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3969 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3970 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3971 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3972 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3973 */
3974 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3975 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3976   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3977   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3978 }
3979 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3980   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3981 }
3982 #else
3983 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3984 #endif
3985 
3986 /*
3987 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3988 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3989 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3990 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3991 **
3992 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3993 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3994 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3995 ** then continue writing to the database.
3996 */
3997 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3998   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3999   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
4000   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
4001 
4002   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
4003   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
4004   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
4005   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
4006   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
4007   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
4008   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
4009   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
4010   ** is no longer correct. */
4011 }
4012 
4013 
4014 /*
4015 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4016 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4017 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4018 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4019 **
4020 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4021 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4022 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4023 ** content as this process.
4024 **
4025 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4026 ** an SQLite error code.
4027 */
4028 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4029   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4030   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4031     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4032   }
4033   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4034     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4035   }
4036   return rc;
4037 }
4038 
4039 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4040 /*
4041 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4042 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4043 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4044 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4045 ** *ppPage to zero.
4046 **
4047 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4048 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4049 */
4050 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4051   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4052   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4053   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4054   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4055 ){
4056   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4057 
4058   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4059     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4060     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4061     p->pDirty = 0;
4062     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4063     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4064   }else{
4065     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4066     if( p==0 ){
4067       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4068       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4069     }
4070     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4071     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4072     p->nRef = 1;
4073     p->pPager = pPager;
4074   }
4075 
4076   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4077   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4078   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4079   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4080   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4081 
4082   p->pgno = pgno;
4083   p->pData = pData;
4084   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4085 
4086   return SQLITE_OK;
4087 }
4088 #endif
4089 
4090 /*
4091 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4092 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4093 */
4094 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4095   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4096   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4097   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4098   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4099 
4100   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4101   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4102 }
4103 
4104 /*
4105 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4106 */
4107 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4108   PgHdr *p;
4109   PgHdr *pNext;
4110   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4111     pNext = p->pDirty;
4112     sqlite3_free(p);
4113   }
4114 }
4115 
4116 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4117 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4118 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4119 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4120 */
4121 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4122   int bHasMoved = 0;
4123   int rc;
4124 
4125   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4126   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4127   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4128   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4129   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4130     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4131     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4132     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4133     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4134   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4135     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4136   }
4137   return rc;
4138 }
4139 
4140 
4141 /*
4142 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4143 **
4144 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4145 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4146 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4147 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4148 ** result in a coredump.
4149 **
4150 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4151 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4152 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4153 ** to the caller.
4154 */
4155 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4156   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4157   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4158   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4159   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4160   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4161   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4162   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4163   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4164 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4165   {
4166     u8 *a = 0;
4167     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4168     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4169      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4170     ){
4171       a = pTmp;
4172     }
4173     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4174     pPager->pWal = 0;
4175   }
4176 #endif
4177   pager_reset(pPager);
4178   if( MEMDB ){
4179     pager_unlock(pPager);
4180   }else{
4181     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4182     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4183     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4184     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4185     **
4186     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4187     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4188     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4189     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4190     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4191     */
4192     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4193       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4194     }
4195     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4196   }
4197   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4198   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4199   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4200   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4201   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4202   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4203   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4204   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4205 
4206 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4207   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4208 #endif
4209 
4210   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4211   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4212 
4213   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4214   return SQLITE_OK;
4215 }
4216 
4217 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4218 /*
4219 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4220 */
4221 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4222   return pPg->pgno;
4223 }
4224 #endif
4225 
4226 /*
4227 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4228 */
4229 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4230   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4231 }
4232 
4233 /*
4234 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4235 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4236 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4237 **
4238 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4239 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4240 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4241 **
4242 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4243 **     be taken.
4244 **
4245 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4246 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4247 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4248 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4249 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4250 **
4251 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4252 **     journal file is synced.
4253 **
4254 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4255 **
4256 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4257 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4258 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4259 **       <update nRec field>
4260 **     }
4261 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4262 **   }
4263 **
4264 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4265 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4266 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4267 */
4268 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4269   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4270 
4271   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4272        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4273   );
4274   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4275   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4276 
4277   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4278   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4279 
4280   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4281     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4282     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4283       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4284       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4285 
4286       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4287         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4288         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4289         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4290         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4291         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4292         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4293         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4294         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4295         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4296         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4297         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4298         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4299         **
4300         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4301         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4302         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4303         **
4304         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4305         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4306         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4307         ** the potential journal header.
4308         */
4309         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4310         u8 aMagic[8];
4311         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4312 
4313         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4314         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4315 
4316         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4317         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4318         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4319           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4320           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4321         }
4322         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4323           return rc;
4324         }
4325 
4326         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4327         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4328         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4329         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4330         **
4331         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4332         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4333         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4334         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4335         ** and never needs to be updated.
4336         */
4337         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4338           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4339           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4340           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4341           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4342         }
4343         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4344         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4345             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4346         );
4347         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4348       }
4349       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4350         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4351         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4352         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4353           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4354         );
4355         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4356       }
4357 
4358       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4359       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4360         pPager->nRec = 0;
4361         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4362         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4363       }
4364     }else{
4365       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4366     }
4367   }
4368 
4369   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4370   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4371   ** all pages.
4372   */
4373   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4374   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4375   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4376   return SQLITE_OK;
4377 }
4378 
4379 /*
4380 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4381 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4382 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4383 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4384 ** a no-op.
4385 **
4386 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4387 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4388 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4389 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4390 **
4391 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4392 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4393 ** written out.
4394 **
4395 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4396 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4397 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4398 **
4399 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4400 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4401 **
4402 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4403 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4404 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4405 ** the database file.
4406 **
4407 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4408 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4409 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4410 */
4411 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4412   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4413 
4414   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4415   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4416   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4417   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4418   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4419 
4420   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4421   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4422   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4423   */
4424   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4425     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4426     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4427   }
4428 
4429   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4430   ** file size will be.
4431   */
4432   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4433   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4434    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4435    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4436   ){
4437     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4438     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4439     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4440   }
4441 
4442   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4443     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4444 
4445     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4446     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4447     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4448     ** any such pages to the file.
4449     **
4450     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4451     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4452     */
4453     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4454       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4455       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4456 
4457       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4458       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4459 
4460       /* Encode the database */
4461       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4462 
4463       /* Write out the page data. */
4464       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4465 
4466       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4467       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4468       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4469       */
4470       if( pgno==1 ){
4471         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4472       }
4473       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4474         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4475       }
4476       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4477 
4478       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4479       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4480 
4481       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4482                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4483       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4484       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4485     }else{
4486       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4487     }
4488     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4489     pList = pList->pDirty;
4490   }
4491 
4492   return rc;
4493 }
4494 
4495 /*
4496 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4497 ** function is a no-op.
4498 **
4499 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4500 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4501 ** fails.
4502 */
4503 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4504   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4505   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4506     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4507       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4508       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4509     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4510     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4511       nStmtSpill = -1;
4512     }
4513     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4514   }
4515   return rc;
4516 }
4517 
4518 /*
4519 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4520 **
4521 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4522 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4523 **
4524 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4525 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4526 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4527 ** bitvec.
4528 */
4529 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4530   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4531   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4532   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4533 
4534     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4535     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4536     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4537     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4538     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4539          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4540          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4541     );
4542     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4543 
4544     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4545     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4546     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4547       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4548       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4549       char *pData2;
4550 
4551 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4552       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4553         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4554       }else
4555 #endif
4556       pData2 = pData;
4557       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4558       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4559       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4560         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4561       }
4562     }
4563   }
4564   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4565     pPager->nSubRec++;
4566     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4567     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4568   }
4569   return rc;
4570 }
4571 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4572   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4573     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4574   }else{
4575     return SQLITE_OK;
4576   }
4577 }
4578 
4579 /*
4580 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4581 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4582 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4583 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4584 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4585 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4586 ** argument.
4587 **
4588 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4589 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4590 ** journal file.
4591 **
4592 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4593 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4594 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4595 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4596 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4597 */
4598 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4599   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4600   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4601 
4602   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4603   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4604 
4605   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4606   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4607   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4608   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4609   **
4610   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4611   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4612   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4613   **
4614   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4615   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4616   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4617   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4618   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4619   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4620   */
4621   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4622   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4623   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4624   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4625   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4626    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4627       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4628   ){
4629     return SQLITE_OK;
4630   }
4631 
4632   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4633   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4634   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4635     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4636     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4637     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4638       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4639     }
4640   }else{
4641 
4642 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4643     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4644       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4645       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4646     }
4647 #endif
4648 
4649     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4650     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4651      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4652     ){
4653       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4654     }
4655 
4656     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4657     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4658       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4659       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4660     }
4661   }
4662 
4663   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4664   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4665     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4666     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4667   }
4668 
4669   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4670 }
4671 
4672 /*
4673 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4674 */
4675 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4676   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4677   if( !MEMDB ){
4678     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4679     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4680     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4681       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4682       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4683         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4684       }
4685       pList = pNext;
4686     }
4687   }
4688 
4689   return rc;
4690 }
4691 
4692 /*
4693 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4694 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4695 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4696 **
4697 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4698 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4699 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4700 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4701 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4702 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4703 **
4704 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4705 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4706 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4707 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4708 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4709 **
4710 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4711 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4712 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4713 **
4714 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4715 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4716 **
4717 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4718 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4719 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4720 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4721 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4722 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4723 */
4724 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4725   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4726   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4727   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4728   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4729   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4730   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4731   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4732 ){
4733   u8 *pPtr;
4734   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4735   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4736   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4737   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4738 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4739   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4740 #else
4741 # define memJM 0
4742 #endif
4743   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4744   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4745   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4746   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4747   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4748   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4749   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4750   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4751   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4752 
4753   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4754   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4755   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4756 
4757   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4758   *ppPager = 0;
4759 
4760 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4761   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4762     memDb = 1;
4763     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4764       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4765       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4766       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4767       zFilename = 0;
4768     }
4769   }
4770 #endif
4771 
4772   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4773   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4774   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4775   */
4776   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4777     const char *z;
4778     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4779     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4780     if( zPathname==0 ){
4781       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4782     }
4783     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4784     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4785     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4786     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4787     while( *z ){
4788       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4789       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4790     }
4791     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4792     assert( nUri>=0 );
4793     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4794       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4795       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4796       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4797       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4798       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4799       */
4800       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4801     }
4802     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4803       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4804       return rc;
4805     }
4806   }
4807 
4808   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4809   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4810   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4811   **
4812   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4813   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4814   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4815   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4816   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4817   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4818   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4819   */
4820   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4821     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4822     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4823     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4824     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4825     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4826     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4827 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4828     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4829 #endif
4830   );
4831   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4832   if( !pPtr ){
4833     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4834     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4835   }
4836   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4837   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4838   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4839   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4840   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4841   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4842   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4843 
4844   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4845   if( zPathname ){
4846     assert( nPathname>0 );
4847     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4848     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4849     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4850     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4851     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4852     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4853 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4854     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4855     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4856     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4857     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4858 #endif
4859     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4860   }
4861   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4862   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4863 
4864   /* Open the pager file.
4865   */
4866   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4867     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4868     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4869     assert( !memDb );
4870 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4871     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4872 #endif
4873     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4874 
4875     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4876     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4877     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4878     **
4879     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4880     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4881     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4882     */
4883     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4884       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4885       if( !readOnly ){
4886         setSectorSize(pPager);
4887         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4888         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4889           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4890             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4891           }else{
4892             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4893           }
4894         }
4895 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4896         {
4897           int ii;
4898           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4899           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4900           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4901           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4902             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4903               szPageDflt = ii;
4904             }
4905           }
4906         }
4907 #endif
4908       }
4909       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4910       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4911        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4912           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4913           goto act_like_temp_file;
4914       }
4915     }
4916   }else{
4917     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4918     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4919     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4920     **
4921     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4922     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4923     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4924     **
4925     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4926     */
4927 act_like_temp_file:
4928     tempFile = 1;
4929     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4930     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4931     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4932     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4933   }
4934 
4935   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4936   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4937   */
4938   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4939     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4940     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4941     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4942   }
4943 
4944   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4945   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4946     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4947     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4948     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4949                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4950   }
4951 
4952   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4953   */
4954   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4955     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4956     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4957     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4958     return rc;
4959   }
4960 
4961   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4962   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4963 
4964   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4965   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4966   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4967   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4968   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4969   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4970   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4971   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4972   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4973   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4974   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4975   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4976           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4977   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4978   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4979   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4980   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4981   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4982   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4983   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4984   if( pPager->noSync ){
4985     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4986     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4987     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4988     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4989   }else{
4990     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4991     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4992     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4993     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4994   }
4995   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4996   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4997   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4998   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4999   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5000   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5001   setSectorSize(pPager);
5002   if( !useJournal ){
5003     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5004   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5005     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5006   }
5007   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5008   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5009   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5010   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5011   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5012   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5013 
5014   *ppPager = pPager;
5015   return SQLITE_OK;
5016 }
5017 
5018 
5019 
5020 /*
5021 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5022 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5023 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5024 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5025 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5026 **
5027 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5028 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5029 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5030 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5031 **
5032 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5033 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5034 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5035 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5036 ** is returned.
5037 **
5038 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5039 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5040 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5041 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5042 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5043 ** will not roll it back.
5044 **
5045 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5046 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5047 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5048 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5049 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5050 */
5051 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5052   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5053   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5054   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5055   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5056 
5057   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5058   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5059   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5060 
5061   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5062     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5063   ));
5064 
5065   *pExists = 0;
5066   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5067     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5068   }
5069   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5070     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5071 
5072     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5073     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5074     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5075     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5076     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5077     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5078     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5079     */
5080     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5081     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5082       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5083 
5084       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5085       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5086       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5087         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5088         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5089         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5090         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5091         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5092         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5093         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5094         */
5095         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5096           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5097           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5098             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5099             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5100           }
5101           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5102         }else{
5103           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5104           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5105           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5106           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5107           ** it can be ignored.
5108           */
5109           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5110             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5111             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5112           }
5113           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5114             u8 first = 0;
5115             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5116             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5117               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5118             }
5119             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5120               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5121             }
5122             *pExists = (first!=0);
5123           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5124             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5125             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5126             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5127             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5128             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5129             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5130             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5131             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5132             */
5133             *pExists = 1;
5134             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5135           }
5136         }
5137       }
5138     }
5139   }
5140 
5141   return rc;
5142 }
5143 
5144 /*
5145 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5146 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5147 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5148 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5149 **
5150 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5151 **
5152 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5153 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5154 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5155 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5156 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5157 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5158 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5159 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5160 **
5161 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5162 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5163 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5164 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5165 **      file.
5166 **
5167 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5168 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5169 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5170 */
5171 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5172   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5173 
5174   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5175   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5176   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5177   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5178   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5179   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5180   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5181   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5182 
5183   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5184     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5185 
5186     assert( !MEMDB );
5187     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5188 
5189     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5190     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5191       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5192       goto failed;
5193     }
5194 
5195     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5196     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5197     */
5198     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5199       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5200     }
5201     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5202       goto failed;
5203     }
5204     if( bHotJournal ){
5205       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5206         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5207         goto failed;
5208       }
5209 
5210       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5211       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5212       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5213       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5214       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5215       ** hot-journal back.
5216       **
5217       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5218       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5219       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5220       ** on the database file.
5221       **
5222       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5223       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5224       */
5225       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5226       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5227         goto failed;
5228       }
5229 
5230       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5231       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5232       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5233       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5234       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5235       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5236       **
5237       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5238       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5239       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5240       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5241       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5242       */
5243       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5244         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5245         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5246         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5247             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5248         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5249           int fout = 0;
5250           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5251           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5252           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5253           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5254           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5255             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5256             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5257           }
5258         }
5259       }
5260 
5261       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5262       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5263       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5264       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5265       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5266       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5267       ** the journal before playing it back.
5268       */
5269       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5270         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5271         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5272         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5273           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5274           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5275         }
5276       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5277         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5278       }
5279 
5280       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5281         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5282         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5283         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5284         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5285         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5286         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5287         **
5288         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5289         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5290         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5291         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5292         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5293         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5294         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5295         ** references.
5296         */
5297         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5298         goto failed;
5299       }
5300 
5301       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5302       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5303            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5304       );
5305     }
5306 
5307     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5308       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5309       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5310       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5311       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5312       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5313       **
5314       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5315       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5316       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5317       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5318       ** a codec is in use.
5319       **
5320       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5321       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5322       ** it can be neglected.
5323       */
5324       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5325 
5326       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5327       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5328       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5329         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5330           goto failed;
5331         }
5332         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5333       }
5334 
5335       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5336         pager_reset(pPager);
5337 
5338         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5339         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5340         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5341         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5342         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5343         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5344         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5345           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5346         }
5347       }
5348     }
5349 
5350     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5351     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5352     */
5353     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5354 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5355     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5356 #endif
5357   }
5358 
5359   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5360     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5361     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5362   }
5363 
5364   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5365     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5366   }
5367 
5368  failed:
5369   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5370     assert( !MEMDB );
5371     pager_unlock(pPager);
5372     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5373   }else{
5374     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5375     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5376   }
5377   return rc;
5378 }
5379 
5380 /*
5381 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5382 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5383 **
5384 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5385 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5386 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5387 */
5388 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5389   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5390     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5391     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5392   }
5393 }
5394 
5395 /*
5396 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5397 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5398 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5399 **
5400 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5401 ** on the current state of the pager.
5402 **
5403 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5404 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5405 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5406 **
5407 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5408 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5409 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5410 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5411 ** object with no outstanding references.
5412 **
5413 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5414 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5415 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5416 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5417 **
5418 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5419 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5420 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5421 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5422 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5423 **
5424 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5425 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5426 **
5427 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5428 **
5429 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5430 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5431 **      from the savepoint journal.
5432 **
5433 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5434 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5435 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5436 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5437 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5438 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5439 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5440 **
5441 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5442 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5443 **
5444 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5445 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5446 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5447 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5448 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5449 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5450 ** or journal files.
5451 */
5452 static int getPageNormal(
5453   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5454   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5455   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5456   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5457 ){
5458   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5459   PgHdr *pPg;
5460   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5461   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5462 
5463   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5464   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5465   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5466   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5467 
5468   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5469   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5470   if( pBase==0 ){
5471     pPg = 0;
5472     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5473     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5474     if( pBase==0 ){
5475       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5476       goto pager_acquire_err;
5477     }
5478   }
5479   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5480   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5481   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5482   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5483 
5484   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5485   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5486     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5487     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5488     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5489     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5490     return SQLITE_OK;
5491 
5492   }else{
5493     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5494     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5495     **
5496     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5497     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5498     */
5499     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5500       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5501       goto pager_acquire_err;
5502     }
5503 
5504     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5505 
5506     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5507     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5508       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5509         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5510         goto pager_acquire_err;
5511       }
5512       if( noContent ){
5513         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5514         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5515         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5516         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5517         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5518         */
5519         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5520         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5521           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5522           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5523         }
5524         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5525         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5526         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5527       }
5528       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5529       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5530     }else{
5531       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5532       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5533       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5534       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5535         goto pager_acquire_err;
5536       }
5537     }
5538     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5539   }
5540   return SQLITE_OK;
5541 
5542 pager_acquire_err:
5543   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5544   if( pPg ){
5545     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5546   }
5547   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5548   *ppPage = 0;
5549   return rc;
5550 }
5551 
5552 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5553 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5554 static int getPageMMap(
5555   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5556   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5557   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5558   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5559 ){
5560   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5561   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5562   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5563 
5564   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5565   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5566   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5567   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5568   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5569    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5570   );
5571 
5572   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5573 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5574   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5575 #endif
5576 
5577   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5578   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5579   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5580   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5581   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5582     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5583   }
5584   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5585   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5586   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5587   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5588 
5589   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5590     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5591     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5592       *ppPage = 0;
5593       return rc;
5594     }
5595   }
5596   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5597     void *pData = 0;
5598     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5599         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5600     );
5601     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5602       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5603         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5604       }
5605       if( pPg==0 ){
5606         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5607       }else{
5608         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5609       }
5610       if( pPg ){
5611         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5612         *ppPage = pPg;
5613         return SQLITE_OK;
5614       }
5615     }
5616     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5617       *ppPage = 0;
5618       return rc;
5619     }
5620   }
5621   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5622 }
5623 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5624 
5625 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5626 static int getPageError(
5627   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5628   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5629   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5630   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5631 ){
5632   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5633   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5634   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5635   *ppPage = 0;
5636   return pPager->errCode;
5637 }
5638 
5639 
5640 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5641 */
5642 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5643   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5644   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5645   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5646   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5647 ){
5648   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5649 }
5650 
5651 /*
5652 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5653 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5654 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5655 **
5656 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5657 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5658 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5659 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5660 ** has ever happened.
5661 */
5662 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5663   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5664   assert( pPager!=0 );
5665   assert( pgno!=0 );
5666   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5667   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5668   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5669   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5670   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5671 }
5672 
5673 /*
5674 ** Release a page reference.
5675 **
5676 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5677 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5678 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5679 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5680 **
5681 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5682 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5683 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5684 */
5685 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5686   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5687   assert( pPg!=0 );
5688   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5689     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5690     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5691   }else{
5692     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5693   }
5694   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5695   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5696 }
5697 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5698   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5699 }
5700 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5701   Pager *pPager;
5702   assert( pPg!=0 );
5703   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5704   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5705   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5706   sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
5707   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5708   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5709 }
5710 
5711 /*
5712 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5713 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5714 ** file when this routine is called.
5715 **
5716 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5717 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5718 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5719 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5720 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5721 **
5722 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5723 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5724 ** already open file.
5725 **
5726 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5727 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5728 **
5729 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5730 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5731 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5732 */
5733 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5734   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5735   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5736 
5737   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5738   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5739   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5740 
5741   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5742   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5743   ** an error state. */
5744   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5745 
5746   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5747     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5748     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5749       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5750     }
5751 
5752     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5753     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5754       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5755         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5756       }else{
5757         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5758         int nSpill;
5759 
5760         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5761           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5762           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5763         }else{
5764           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5765           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5766         }
5767 
5768         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5769         ** it was originally opened. */
5770         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5771         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5772           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5773               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5774           );
5775         }
5776       }
5777       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5778     }
5779 
5780 
5781     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5782     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5783     */
5784     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5785       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5786       pPager->nRec = 0;
5787       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5788       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5789       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5790       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5791     }
5792   }
5793 
5794   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5795     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5796     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5797   }else{
5798     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5799     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5800   }
5801 
5802   return rc;
5803 }
5804 
5805 /*
5806 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5807 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5808 **
5809 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5810 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5811 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5812 ** functions need be called.
5813 **
5814 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5815 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5816 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5817 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5818 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5819 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5820 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5821 */
5822 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5823   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5824 
5825   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5826   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5827   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5828 
5829   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5830     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5831 
5832     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5833       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5834       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5835       */
5836       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5837         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5838         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5839           return rc;
5840         }
5841         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5842       }
5843 
5844       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5845       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5846       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5847       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5848       */
5849       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5850     }else{
5851       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5852       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5853       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5854       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5855       */
5856       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5857       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5858         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5859       }
5860     }
5861 
5862     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5863       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5864       **
5865       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5866       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5867       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5868       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5869       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5870       ** WAL mode.
5871       */
5872       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5873       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5874       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5875       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5876       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5877     }
5878 
5879     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5880     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5881     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5882   }
5883 
5884   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5885   return rc;
5886 }
5887 
5888 /*
5889 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5890 */
5891 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5892   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5893   int rc;
5894   u32 cksum;
5895   char *pData2;
5896   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5897 
5898   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5899   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5900   ** that we do not. */
5901   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5902 
5903   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5904   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5905   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5906 
5907   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5908   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5909   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5910   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5911   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5912   ** then corruption may follow.
5913   */
5914   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5915 
5916   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5917   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5918   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5919   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5920   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5921   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5922 
5923   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5924            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5925   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5926   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5927        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5928        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5929 
5930   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5931   pPager->nRec++;
5932   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5933   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5934   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5935   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5936   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5937   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5938   return rc;
5939 }
5940 
5941 /*
5942 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5943 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5944 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5945 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5946 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5947 */
5948 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5949   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5950   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5951 
5952   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5953   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5954   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5955   */
5956   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5957        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5958        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5959   );
5960   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5961   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5962   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5963   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5964 
5965   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5966   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5967   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5968   **
5969   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5970   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5971   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5972   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5973   */
5974   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5975     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5976     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5977   }
5978   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5979   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5980 
5981   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5982   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5983 
5984   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5985   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5986   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5987   */
5988   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5989   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5990    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5991   ){
5992     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5993     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5994       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5995       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5996         return rc;
5997       }
5998     }else{
5999       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6000         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6001       }
6002       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6003               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6004              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6005     }
6006   }
6007 
6008   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6009   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6010   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6011   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6012   */
6013   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6014 
6015   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6016   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6017   */
6018   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6019     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6020   }
6021 
6022   /* Update the database size and return. */
6023   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6024     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6025   }
6026   return rc;
6027 }
6028 
6029 /*
6030 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6031 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6032 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6033 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6034 ** a write.
6035 **
6036 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6037 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6038 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6039 */
6040 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6041   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6042   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6043   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6044   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6045   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6046   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6047   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6048   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6049 
6050   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6051   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6052   ** this function.
6053   */
6054   assert( !MEMDB );
6055   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6056   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6057 
6058   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6059   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6060   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6061   */
6062   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6063 
6064   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6065   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6066     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6067   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6068     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6069   }else{
6070     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6071   }
6072   assert(nPage>0);
6073   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6074   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6075 
6076   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6077     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6078     PgHdr *pPage;
6079     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6080       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6081         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6082         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6083           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6084           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6085             needSync = 1;
6086           }
6087           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6088         }
6089       }
6090     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6091       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6092         needSync = 1;
6093       }
6094       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6095     }
6096   }
6097 
6098   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6099   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6100   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6101   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6102   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6103   */
6104   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6105     assert( !MEMDB );
6106     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6107       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6108       if( pPage ){
6109         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6110         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6111       }
6112     }
6113   }
6114 
6115   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6116   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6117   return rc;
6118 }
6119 
6120 /*
6121 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6122 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6123 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6124 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6125 **
6126 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6127 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6128 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6129 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6130 **
6131 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6132 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6133 */
6134 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6135   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6136   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6137   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6138   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6139   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6140     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6141     return SQLITE_OK;
6142   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6143     return pPager->errCode;
6144   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6145     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6146     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6147   }else{
6148     return pager_write(pPg);
6149   }
6150 }
6151 
6152 /*
6153 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6154 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6155 ** to change the content of the page.
6156 */
6157 #ifndef NDEBUG
6158 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6159   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6160 }
6161 #endif
6162 
6163 /*
6164 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6165 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6166 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6167 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6168 ** content no longer matters.
6169 **
6170 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6171 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6172 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6173 **
6174 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6175 ** DELETE operations.
6176 **
6177 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6178 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6179 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6180 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6181 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6182 */
6183 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6184   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6185   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6186     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6187     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6188     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6189     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6190     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6191     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6192   }
6193 }
6194 
6195 /*
6196 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6197 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6198 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6199 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6200 **
6201 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6202 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6203 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6204 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6205 **
6206 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6207 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6208 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6209 ** transaction is committed.
6210 **
6211 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6212 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6213 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6214 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6215 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6216 */
6217 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6218   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6219 
6220   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6221        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6222   );
6223   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6224 
6225   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6226   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6227   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6228   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6229   **
6230   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6231   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6232   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6233   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6234   */
6235 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6236 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6237   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6238   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6239 #else
6240 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6241 #endif
6242 
6243   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6244     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6245 
6246     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6247 
6248     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6249     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6250     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6251 
6252     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6253     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6254     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6255     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6256     */
6257     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6258       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6259     }
6260 
6261     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6262       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6263       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6264 
6265       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6266       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6267         const void *zBuf;
6268         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6269         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6270         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6271           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6272           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6273         }
6274         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6275           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6276           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6277           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6278           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6279           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6280           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6281         }
6282       }else{
6283         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6284       }
6285     }
6286 
6287     /* Release the page reference. */
6288     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6289   }
6290   return rc;
6291 }
6292 
6293 /*
6294 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6295 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6296 **
6297 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6298 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6299 */
6300 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6301   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6302   void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6303   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6304   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6305   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6306     assert( !MEMDB );
6307     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6308   }
6309   return rc;
6310 }
6311 
6312 /*
6313 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6314 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6315 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6316 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6317 **
6318 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6319 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6320 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6321 ** returned.
6322 */
6323 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6324   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6325   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6326   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6327     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6328          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6329          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6330     );
6331     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6332     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6333       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6334     }
6335   }
6336   return rc;
6337 }
6338 
6339 /*
6340 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6341 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6342 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6343 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6344 **
6345 ** This routine ensures that:
6346 **
6347 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6348 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6349 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6350 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6351 **   * the database file synced.
6352 **
6353 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6354 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6355 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6356 **
6357 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6358 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6359 **
6360 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6361 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6362 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6363 ** journal file in this case.
6364 */
6365 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6366   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6367   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6368   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6369 ){
6370   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6371 
6372   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6373        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6374        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6375        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6376   );
6377   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6378 
6379   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6380   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6381 
6382   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6383   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6384 
6385   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6386       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6387 
6388   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6389   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6390 
6391   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6392   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6393   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6394     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6395     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6396     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6397     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6398   }else{
6399     PgHdr *pList;
6400     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6401       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6402       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6403       if( pList==0 ){
6404         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6405         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6406         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6407         pList = pPageOne;
6408         pList->pDirty = 0;
6409       }
6410       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6411       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6412         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6413       }
6414       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6415       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6416         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6417       }
6418     }else{
6419       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6420       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6421       ** is enabled.
6422       */
6423 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6424       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6425       int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6426         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6427         && !pPager->noSync
6428         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6429 #else
6430 #     define bBatch 0
6431 #endif
6432 
6433 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6434       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6435       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6436       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6437       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6438       **
6439       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6440       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6441       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6442       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6443       **
6444       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6445       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6446       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6447       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6448       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6449       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6450       ** mode.
6451       **
6452       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6453       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6454       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6455       ** created for this transaction.
6456       */
6457       if( bBatch==0 ){
6458         PgHdr *pPg;
6459         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6460             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6461             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6462             );
6463         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6464          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6465          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6466          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6467         ){
6468           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6469           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6470           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6471           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6472           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6473           */
6474           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6475         }else{
6476           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6477           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6478             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6479           }
6480         }
6481       }
6482 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6483 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6484       if( zMaster ){
6485         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6486         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6487         assert( bBatch==0 );
6488       }
6489 #endif
6490       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6491 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6492       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6493 
6494       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6495       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6496       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6497       */
6498       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6499       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6500 
6501       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6502       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6503       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6504       **
6505       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6506       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6507       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6508       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6509       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6510       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6511       */
6512       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6513       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6514 
6515       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6516 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6517       if( bBatch ){
6518         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6519         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6520           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6521           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6522             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6523           }
6524           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6525             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6526           }
6527         }
6528 
6529         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6530           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6531           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6532             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6533             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6534           }
6535           bBatch = 0;
6536         }else{
6537           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6538         }
6539       }
6540 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6541 
6542       if( bBatch==0 ){
6543         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6544       }
6545       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6546         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6547         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6548       }
6549       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6550 
6551       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6552       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6553       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6554       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6555       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6556       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6557       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6558         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6559         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6560         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6561         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6562       }
6563 
6564       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6565       if( !noSync ){
6566         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6567       }
6568       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6569     }
6570   }
6571 
6572 commit_phase_one_exit:
6573   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6574     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6575   }
6576   return rc;
6577 }
6578 
6579 
6580 /*
6581 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6582 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6583 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6584 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6585 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6586 **
6587 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6588 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6589 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6590 ** irrevocably committed.
6591 **
6592 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6593 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6594 */
6595 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6596   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6597 
6598   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6599   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6600   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6601   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6602 
6603   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6604        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6605        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6606   );
6607   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6608 
6609   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6610   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6611   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6612   **
6613   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6614   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6615   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6616   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6617   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6618   ** to drop any locks either.
6619   */
6620   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6621    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6622    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6623   ){
6624     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6625     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6626     return SQLITE_OK;
6627   }
6628 
6629   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6630   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6631   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6632   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6633 }
6634 
6635 /*
6636 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6637 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6638 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6639 ** state if an error occurs.
6640 **
6641 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6642 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6643 **
6644 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6645 **
6646 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6647 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6648 **      was opened, and
6649 **
6650 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6651 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6652 **
6653 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6654 ** rollback is successful.
6655 **
6656 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6657 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6658 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6659 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6660 */
6661 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6662   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6663   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6664 
6665   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6666   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6667   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6668   */
6669   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6670   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6671   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6672 
6673   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6674     int rc2;
6675     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6676     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6677     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6678   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6679     int eState = pPager->eState;
6680     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6681     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6682       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6683       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6684       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6685       */
6686       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6687       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6688       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6689       return rc;
6690     }
6691   }else{
6692     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6693   }
6694 
6695   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6696   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6697           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6698           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6699   );
6700 
6701   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6702   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6703   */
6704   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6705 }
6706 
6707 /*
6708 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6709 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6710 */
6711 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6712   return pPager->readOnly;
6713 }
6714 
6715 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6716 /*
6717 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6718 */
6719 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6720   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6721 }
6722 #endif
6723 
6724 /*
6725 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6726 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6727 */
6728 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6729   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6730                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6731   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6732            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6733            + pPager->pageSize;
6734 }
6735 
6736 /*
6737 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6738 */
6739 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6740   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6741 }
6742 
6743 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6744 /*
6745 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6746 */
6747 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6748   static int a[11];
6749   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6750   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6751   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6752   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6753   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6754   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6755   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6756   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6757   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6758   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6759   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6760   return a;
6761 }
6762 #endif
6763 
6764 /*
6765 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6766 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6767 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6768 ** it was added later.
6769 **
6770 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6771 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6772 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6773 ** returning.
6774 */
6775 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6776 
6777   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6778        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6779        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6780        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6781   );
6782 
6783   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6784   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6785   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6786            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6787 
6788   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6789   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6790   if( reset ){
6791     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6792   }
6793 }
6794 
6795 /*
6796 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6797 */
6798 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6799   return pPager->tempFile;
6800 }
6801 
6802 /*
6803 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6804 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6805 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6806 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6807 **
6808 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6809 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6810 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6811 */
6812 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6813   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6814   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6815   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6816   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6817 
6818   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6819   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6820   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6821 
6822   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6823   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6824   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6825   */
6826   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6827       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6828   );
6829   if( !aNew ){
6830     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6831   }
6832   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6833   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6834 
6835   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6836   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6837     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6838     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6839       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6840     }else{
6841       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6842     }
6843     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6844     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6845     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6846       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6847     }
6848     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6849       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6850     }
6851     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6852   }
6853   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6854   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6855   return rc;
6856 }
6857 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6858   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6859   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6860 
6861   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6862     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6863   }else{
6864     return SQLITE_OK;
6865   }
6866 }
6867 
6868 
6869 /*
6870 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6871 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6872 ** created savepoint.
6873 **
6874 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6875 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6876 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6877 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6878 **
6879 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6880 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6881 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6882 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6883 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6884 **
6885 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6886 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6887 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6888 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6889 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6890 **
6891 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6892 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6893 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6894 **
6895 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6896 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6897 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6898 */
6899 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6900   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6901 
6902 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6903   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6904 #endif
6905 
6906   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6907   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6908 
6909   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6910     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6911     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6912 
6913     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6914     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6915     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6916     */
6917     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6918     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6919       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6920     }
6921     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6922 
6923     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6924     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6925     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6926       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6927         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6928         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6929           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6930           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6931         }
6932         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6933       }
6934     }
6935     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6936     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6937     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6938     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6939     */
6940     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6941       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6942       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6943       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6944     }
6945 
6946 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6947     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6948     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6949     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6950     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6951     else if(
6952         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6953      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6954     ){
6955       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6956       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6957       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6958     }
6959 #endif
6960   }
6961 
6962   return rc;
6963 }
6964 
6965 /*
6966 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6967 **
6968 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6969 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6970 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6971 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6972 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6973 ** participate in shared-cache.
6974 */
6975 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6976   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6977 }
6978 
6979 /*
6980 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6981 */
6982 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6983   return pPager->pVfs;
6984 }
6985 
6986 /*
6987 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6988 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6989 ** not yet been opened.
6990 */
6991 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6992   return pPager->fd;
6993 }
6994 
6995 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
6996 /*
6997 ** Reset the lock timeout for pager.
6998 */
6999 void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){
7000   int x = 0;
7001   sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x);
7002 }
7003 #endif
7004 
7005 /*
7006 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7007 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7008 */
7009 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7010 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7011   return pPager->jfd;
7012 #else
7013   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7014 #endif
7015 }
7016 
7017 /*
7018 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7019 */
7020 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7021   return pPager->zJournal;
7022 }
7023 
7024 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
7025 /*
7026 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
7027 */
7028 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7029   Pager *pPager,
7030   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7031   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7032   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7033   void *pCodec
7034 ){
7035   if( pPager->xCodecFree ){
7036     pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
7037   }else{
7038     pager_reset(pPager);
7039   }
7040   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
7041   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
7042   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
7043   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
7044   setGetterMethod(pPager);
7045   pagerReportSize(pPager);
7046 }
7047 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
7048   return pPager->pCodec;
7049 }
7050 
7051 /*
7052 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
7053 ** into the log file.
7054 **
7055 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
7056 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
7057 */
7058 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7059   void *aData = 0;
7060   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7061   return aData;
7062 }
7063 
7064 /*
7065 ** Return the current pager state
7066 */
7067 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7068   return pPager->eState;
7069 }
7070 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7071 
7072 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7073 /*
7074 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7075 **
7076 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7077 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7078 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7079 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7080 **
7081 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7082 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7083 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7084 **
7085 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7086 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7087 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7088 ** transaction is active).
7089 **
7090 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7091 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7092 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7093 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7094 **
7095 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7096 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7097 */
7098 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7099   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7100   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7101   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7102   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7103 
7104   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7105   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7106        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7107   );
7108   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7109 
7110   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7111   ** the page we are moving from.
7112   */
7113   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7114   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7115     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7116     if( rc ) return rc;
7117   }
7118 
7119   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7120   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7121   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7122   **
7123   **   BEGIN;
7124   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7125   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7126   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7127   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7128   **
7129   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7130   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7131   ** statement were is processed.
7132   **
7133   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7134   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7135   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7136   */
7137   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7138    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7139   ){
7140     return rc;
7141   }
7142 
7143   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7144       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7145   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7146 
7147   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7148   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7149   **
7150   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7151   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7152   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7153   */
7154   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7155     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7156     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7157             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7158     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7159   }
7160 
7161   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7162   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7163   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7164   ** for the page moved there.
7165   */
7166   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7167   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7168   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
7169   if( pPgOld ){
7170     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7171     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7172       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7173       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7174       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7175     }else{
7176       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7177     }
7178   }
7179 
7180   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7181   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7182   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7183 
7184   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7185   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7186   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7187   */
7188   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7189     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7190     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7191   }
7192 
7193   if( needSyncPgno ){
7194     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7195     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7196     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7197     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7198     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7199     ** flag.
7200     **
7201     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7202     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7203     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7204     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7205     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7206     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7207     */
7208     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7209     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7210     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7211       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7212         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7213         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7214       }
7215       return rc;
7216     }
7217     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7218     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7219     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7220   }
7221 
7222   return SQLITE_OK;
7223 }
7224 #endif
7225 
7226 /*
7227 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7228 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7229 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7230 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7231 */
7232 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7233   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7234   pPg->flags = flags;
7235   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7236 }
7237 
7238 /*
7239 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7240 */
7241 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7242   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7243   return pPg->pData;
7244 }
7245 
7246 /*
7247 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7248 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7249 */
7250 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7251   return pPg->pExtra;
7252 }
7253 
7254 /*
7255 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7256 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7257 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7258 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7259 **
7260 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7261 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7262 ** locking-mode.
7263 */
7264 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7265   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7266             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7267             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7268   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7269   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7270   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7271   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7272     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7273   }
7274   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7275 }
7276 
7277 /*
7278 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7279 **
7280 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7281 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7282 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7283 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7284 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7285 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7286 **
7287 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7288 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7289 **
7290 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7291 **      or _MEMORY.
7292 **
7293 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7294 **
7295 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7296 */
7297 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7298   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7299 
7300   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7301   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7302             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7303             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7304             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7305             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7306             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7307 
7308   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7309   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7310   ** to WAL mode.
7311   */
7312   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7313 
7314   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7315   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7316   */
7317   if( MEMDB ){
7318     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7319     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7320       eMode = eOld;
7321     }
7322   }
7323 
7324   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7325 
7326     /* Change the journal mode. */
7327     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7328     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7329 
7330     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7331     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7332     ** delete the journal file.
7333     */
7334     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7335     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7336     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7337     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7338     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7339     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7340 
7341     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7342     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7343 
7344       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7345       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7346       ** here is an optimization only.
7347       **
7348       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7349       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7350       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7351       */
7352       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7353       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7354         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7355       }else{
7356         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7357         int state = pPager->eState;
7358         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7359         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7360           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7361         }
7362         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7363           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7364           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7365         }
7366         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7367           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7368         }
7369         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7370           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7371         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7372           pager_unlock(pPager);
7373         }
7374         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7375       }
7376     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7377       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7378     }
7379   }
7380 
7381   /* Return the new journal mode */
7382   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7383 }
7384 
7385 /*
7386 ** Return the current journal mode.
7387 */
7388 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7389   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7390 }
7391 
7392 /*
7393 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7394 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7395 ** is unmodified.
7396 */
7397 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7398   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7399   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7400   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7401   return 1;
7402 }
7403 
7404 /*
7405 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7406 **
7407 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7408 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7409 */
7410 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7411   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7412     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7413     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7414   }
7415   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7416 }
7417 
7418 /*
7419 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7420 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7421 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7422 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7423 */
7424 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7425   return &pPager->pBackup;
7426 }
7427 
7428 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7429 /*
7430 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7431 */
7432 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7433   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7434   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7435 }
7436 #endif
7437 
7438 
7439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7440 /*
7441 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7442 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7443 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7444 **
7445 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7446 */
7447 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7448   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7449   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7450   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7451   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7452   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7453 ){
7454   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7455   if( pPager->pWal ){
7456     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7457         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7458         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7459         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7460         pnLog, pnCkpt
7461     );
7462     sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
7463   }
7464   return rc;
7465 }
7466 
7467 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7468   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7469 }
7470 
7471 /*
7472 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7473 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7474 */
7475 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7476   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7477   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7478   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7479 }
7480 
7481 /*
7482 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7483 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7484 */
7485 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7486   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7487 
7488   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7489   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7490   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7491     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7492     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7493     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7494   }
7495 
7496   return rc;
7497 }
7498 
7499 /*
7500 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7501 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7502 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7503 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7504 */
7505 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7506   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7507 
7508   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7509   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7510 
7511   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7512   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7513   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7514   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7515   */
7516   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7517     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7518   }
7519 
7520   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7521   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7522   */
7523   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7524     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7525         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7526         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7527     );
7528   }
7529   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7530 
7531   return rc;
7532 }
7533 
7534 
7535 /*
7536 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7537 ** this function.
7538 **
7539 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7540 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7541 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7542 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7543 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7544 ** not modified in either case.
7545 **
7546 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7547 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7548 ** without doing anything.
7549 */
7550 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7551   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7552   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7553 ){
7554   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7555 
7556   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7557   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7558   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7559   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7560   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7561 
7562   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7563     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7564 
7565     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7566     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7567 
7568     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7569     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7570       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7571       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7572     }
7573   }else{
7574     *pbOpen = 1;
7575   }
7576 
7577   return rc;
7578 }
7579 
7580 /*
7581 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7582 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7583 **
7584 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7585 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7586 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7587 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7588 */
7589 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7590   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7591 
7592   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7593 
7594   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7595   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7596   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7597   */
7598   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7599     int logexists = 0;
7600     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7601     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7602       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7603           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7604       );
7605     }
7606     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7607       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7608     }
7609   }
7610 
7611   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7612   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7613   */
7614   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7615     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7616     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7617       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7618                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7619       pPager->pWal = 0;
7620       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7621       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7622     }
7623   }
7624   return rc;
7625 }
7626 
7627 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7628 /*
7629 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7630 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7631 */
7632 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7633   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7634   if( pPager->pWal ){
7635     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7636   }
7637   return rc;
7638 }
7639 
7640 /*
7641 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7642 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7643 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7644 */
7645 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7646   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7647   if( pPager->pWal ){
7648     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7649   }else{
7650     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7651   }
7652   return rc;
7653 }
7654 
7655 /*
7656 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7657 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7658 */
7659 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7660   int rc;
7661   if( pPager->pWal ){
7662     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7663   }else{
7664     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7665   }
7666   return rc;
7667 }
7668 
7669 /*
7670 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7671 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7672 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7673 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7674 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7675 **
7676 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7677 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7678 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7679 ** lock is released before returning.
7680 */
7681 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7682   int rc;
7683   if( pPager->pWal ){
7684     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7685   }else{
7686     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7687   }
7688   return rc;
7689 }
7690 
7691 /*
7692 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7693 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7694 */
7695 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7696   assert( pPager->pWal );
7697   return sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7698 }
7699 
7700 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7701 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7702 
7703 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7704 /*
7705 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7706 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7707 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7708 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7709 ** is empty, return 0.
7710 */
7711 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7712   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7713   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7714 }
7715 #endif
7716 
7717 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7718